1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 305 * 306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 307 * 308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 309 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 314 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 318 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 319 * compatibility only. 320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 321 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 325 * 326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 327 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 328 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 330 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 332 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 334 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 335 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 339 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 340 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 348 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 350 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 351 * 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 354 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 355 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 356 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 359 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 360 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 363 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 366 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 367 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 369 * attributes determining channel width. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 373 * 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 377 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 379 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 381 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 382 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 383 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 384 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 385 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 386 * frame). 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 389 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 390 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 392 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 401 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 402 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 407 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 408 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 409 * global regdomain will be returned. 410 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 411 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 412 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 413 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 414 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 415 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 416 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 417 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 418 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 420 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 421 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 422 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 423 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 424 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 425 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 426 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 427 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 430 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 431 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 432 * 433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 434 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 435 * 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 437 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 438 * 439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 440 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 441 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 442 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 443 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 444 * added to all specified management frames generated by 445 * kernel/firmware/driver. 446 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 447 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 448 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 449 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 450 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 451 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 452 * 453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 456 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 457 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 458 * be used. 459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 460 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 462 * partial scan results may be available 463 * 464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 465 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 466 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 467 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 468 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 469 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 470 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 471 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 472 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 473 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 474 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 475 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 476 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 477 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 478 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 479 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 480 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 481 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 482 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 483 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 484 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 485 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 488 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 489 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 491 * results available. 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 493 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 494 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 495 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 496 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 497 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 498 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 499 * 500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 501 * or noise level 502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 503 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 504 * 505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 506 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 507 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 508 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 509 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 510 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 511 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 512 * ESS. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 514 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 515 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 516 * authentication. 517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 518 * 519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 520 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 521 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 522 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 523 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 524 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 525 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 526 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 527 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 528 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 530 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 531 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 532 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 533 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 534 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 535 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 536 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 537 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 538 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 539 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 540 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 541 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 542 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 543 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 544 * the beacon hint was processed. 545 * 546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 547 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 548 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 549 * authentication process. 550 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 551 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 552 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 553 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 554 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 556 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 557 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 558 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 559 * to the frame. 560 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 561 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 562 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 563 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 564 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 565 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 566 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 567 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 568 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 569 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 570 * pending authentication timed out). 571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 572 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 573 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 574 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 576 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 577 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 578 * included). 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 581 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 582 * primitives). 583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 584 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 585 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 586 * 587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 588 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 589 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 590 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 591 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 592 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 593 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 594 * 595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 596 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 597 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 598 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 599 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 600 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 601 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 602 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 604 * determined by the network interface. 605 * 606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 607 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 608 * to the driver. 609 * 610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 611 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 612 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 614 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 618 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 620 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 621 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 622 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 623 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 624 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 625 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 626 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 627 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 628 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 629 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 630 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 631 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 632 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 633 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 634 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 635 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 636 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 637 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 638 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 639 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 640 * a different BSS is desired. 641 * Background scan period can optionally be 642 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 643 * if not specified default background scan configuration 644 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 645 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 646 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 647 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 648 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 649 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 650 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 651 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 652 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 653 * well to remain backwards compatible. 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 655 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 656 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 659 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 660 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 662 * 663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 664 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 665 * 666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 667 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 668 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 669 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 671 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 672 * frequency for the operation. 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 674 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 675 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 676 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 677 * radio). 678 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 679 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 680 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 682 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 683 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 685 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 686 * uniquely identify the request. 687 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 688 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 689 * 690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 691 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 692 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 693 * 694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 695 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 696 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 697 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 698 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 699 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 700 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 701 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 702 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 703 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 704 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 705 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 706 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 708 * backward compatibility 709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 710 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 711 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 712 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 713 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 714 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 715 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 716 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 717 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 718 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 719 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 720 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 721 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 722 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 723 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 724 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 725 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 726 * is used during CSA period. 727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 728 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 729 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 730 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 731 * wait time. 732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 734 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 735 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 736 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 737 * the frame. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 739 * backward compatibility. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 743 * 744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 745 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 746 * levels. 747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 748 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 749 * reached. 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 751 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 752 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 753 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 754 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 755 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 756 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 757 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 758 * precedence when they are used. 759 * 760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 761 * (no longer supported). 762 * 763 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 764 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 765 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 766 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 767 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 768 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 769 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 770 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 771 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 772 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 773 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 774 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 775 * command, the feature is disabled. 776 * 777 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 778 * mesh config parameters may be given. 779 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 780 * network is determined by the network interface. 781 * 782 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 783 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 784 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 785 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 786 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 787 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 790 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 791 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 792 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 794 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 795 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 796 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 797 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 798 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 799 * depending on the authentication result. 800 * 801 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 802 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 803 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 804 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 805 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 806 * more background information, see 807 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 808 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 809 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 810 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 811 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 812 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 813 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 814 * 815 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 816 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 817 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 818 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 819 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 820 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 821 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 822 * 823 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 824 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 827 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 828 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 829 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 830 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 831 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 832 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 833 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 834 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 835 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 836 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 837 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 838 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 839 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 840 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 841 * 842 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 843 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 844 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 845 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 846 * is received. 847 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 848 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 849 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 850 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 851 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 854 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 855 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 856 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 859 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 860 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 861 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 862 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 863 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 864 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 865 * 866 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 867 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 868 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 869 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 872 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 873 * 874 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 875 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 876 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 877 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 878 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 879 * from the remote AP) is completed; 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 882 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 883 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 884 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 885 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 886 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 887 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 888 * interfaces to change channel as well. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 891 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 892 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 893 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 894 * public action frame TX. 895 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 896 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 897 * 898 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 899 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 900 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 901 * is used for this. 902 * 903 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 904 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 907 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 908 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 909 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 910 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 911 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 912 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 913 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 914 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 915 * 916 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 917 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 918 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 919 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 920 * while operating on this channel. 921 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 922 * event. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 925 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 926 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 927 * 928 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 929 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 932 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 933 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 934 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 935 * 936 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 937 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 938 * complete. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 941 * return back to normal. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 944 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 947 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 948 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 950 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 951 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 952 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 953 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 954 * switch is complete. 955 * 956 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 957 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 958 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 959 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 960 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 961 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 962 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 963 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 964 * 965 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 966 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 967 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 968 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 969 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 972 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 974 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 975 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 976 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 977 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 978 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 979 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 980 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 981 * fail even if the check was successful. 982 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 983 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 984 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 985 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 986 * 987 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 988 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 989 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 990 * 991 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 992 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 993 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 994 * network is determined by the network interface. 995 * 996 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 997 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 998 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 999 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1000 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1001 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1002 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1003 * AP. 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1005 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1006 * when this command completes. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1009 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1010 * management. 1011 * 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1013 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1014 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1015 * 1016 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1018 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1019 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1020 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1023 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1024 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1025 * added. 1026 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1027 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1028 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1029 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1030 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1031 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1032 * of the function upon success. 1033 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1034 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1035 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1036 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1037 * which just terminated. 1038 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1039 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1040 * the response to this command. 1041 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1042 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1043 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1044 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1045 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1046 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1047 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1048 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1049 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1051 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1052 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1053 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1054 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1055 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1056 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1057 * 1058 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1059 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1060 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1061 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1062 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1063 * 1064 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1065 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1066 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1067 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1069 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1070 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1072 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1073 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1074 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1075 * should be indicated instead. 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1077 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1078 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1079 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1080 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1081 * 802.11 headers. 1082 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1084 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1085 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1086 * 1087 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1088 * 1089 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1090 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1091 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1092 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1093 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1094 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1095 * 1096 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1097 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1098 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1099 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1100 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1101 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1102 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1103 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1104 * command interface. 1105 * 1106 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1107 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1108 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1109 * 1110 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1111 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1113 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1114 * 1115 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1116 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1117 * 1118 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1119 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1121 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1122 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1123 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1124 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1125 * the netlink extended ack message. 1126 * 1127 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1128 * 1129 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1130 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1131 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1132 * buffer size. 1133 * 1134 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1135 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1136 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1137 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1138 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1139 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1140 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1141 * 1142 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1143 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1144 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1145 * determining the width and type. 1146 * 1147 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1148 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1149 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1150 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1151 * 1152 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1153 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1154 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1155 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1156 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1157 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1158 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1159 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1160 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1161 * rate selection. 1162 * 1163 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1164 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1165 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1166 * 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1168 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1169 * 1170 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1171 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1172 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1173 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1174 * 1175 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1176 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1178 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1179 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1180 * 1181 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1182 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1183 */ 1184 enum nl80211_commands { 1185 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1186 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1187 1188 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1189 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1190 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1191 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1192 1193 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1195 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1196 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1197 1198 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1199 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1200 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1201 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1202 1203 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1204 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1205 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1206 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1207 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1208 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1209 1210 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1211 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1212 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1213 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1214 1215 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1217 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1218 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1219 1220 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1221 1222 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1223 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1224 1225 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1226 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1227 1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1233 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1234 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1235 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1236 1237 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1238 1239 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1240 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1241 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1242 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1243 1244 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1245 1246 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1247 1248 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1249 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1250 1251 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1252 1253 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1254 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1255 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1256 1257 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1258 1259 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1260 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1261 1262 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1263 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1264 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1265 1266 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1267 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1268 1269 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1270 1271 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1272 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1273 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1274 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1275 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1276 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1279 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1280 1281 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1282 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1283 1284 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1288 1289 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1290 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1291 1292 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1293 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1294 1295 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1296 1297 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1298 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1299 1300 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1301 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1302 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1303 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1304 1305 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1308 1309 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1310 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1311 1312 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1313 1314 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1317 1318 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1319 1320 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1321 1322 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1323 1324 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1325 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1326 1327 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1328 1329 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1330 1331 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1332 1333 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1336 1337 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1338 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1339 1340 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1341 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1342 1343 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1344 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1345 1346 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1347 1348 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1349 1350 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1351 1352 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1353 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1354 1355 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1356 1357 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1358 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1359 1360 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1361 1362 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1363 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1364 1365 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1366 1367 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1368 1369 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1370 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1371 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1372 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1373 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1374 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1377 1378 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1379 1380 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1381 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1382 1383 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1384 1385 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1388 1389 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1390 1391 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1394 1395 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1396 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1397 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1400 1401 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1404 1405 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1406 1407 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1410 1411 /* add new commands above here */ 1412 1413 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1414 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1415 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1416 }; 1417 1418 /* 1419 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1420 * here 1421 */ 1422 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1423 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1424 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1425 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1426 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1427 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1428 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1429 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1430 1431 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1432 1433 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1434 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1435 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1436 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1437 1438 /** 1439 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1440 * 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1442 * 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1444 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1448 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1449 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1450 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1451 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1453 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1454 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1456 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1457 * operating channel center frequency. 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1459 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1461 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1462 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1463 * this attribute) 1464 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1465 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1466 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1467 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1469 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1470 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1472 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1473 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1475 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1476 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1478 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1479 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1481 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1482 * 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1486 * 1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1488 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1489 * 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1491 * 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1493 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1494 * keys 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1497 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1499 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1502 * default management key 1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1504 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1506 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1507 * 1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1512 * 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1515 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1517 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1519 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1520 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1522 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1524 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1525 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1526 * 1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1528 * consisting of a nested array. 1529 * 1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1532 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1535 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1536 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1537 * 1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1539 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1540 * 1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1542 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1543 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1544 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1545 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1546 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1547 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1548 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1549 * to a specific alpha2. 1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1551 * rules. 1552 * 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1555 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1557 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1559 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1560 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1561 * 1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1563 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1564 * 1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1566 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1567 * of the interface mode. 1568 * 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1570 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1571 * 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1573 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1574 * 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1576 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1578 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1580 * that can be added to a scan request 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1582 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1584 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1585 * 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1588 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1590 * 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1592 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1594 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1595 * 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1597 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1598 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1599 * 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1601 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1602 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1605 * represented as a u32 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1607 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1608 * 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1610 * a u32 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1613 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1614 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1615 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1616 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1618 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1619 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1620 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1621 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1622 * 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1624 * cipher suites 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1627 * for other networks on different channels 1628 * 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1630 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1633 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1634 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1635 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1636 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1637 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1638 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1639 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1640 * 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1642 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1643 * 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1645 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1646 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1647 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1648 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1649 * default in station mode. 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1651 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1652 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1653 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1654 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1655 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1657 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1658 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1660 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1661 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1662 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1663 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1664 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1665 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1666 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1667 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1668 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1669 * 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1671 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1672 * 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1674 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1675 * a local disconnect request. 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1677 * event (u16) 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1679 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1680 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1683 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1684 * (an array of u32). 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1686 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1687 * u32). 1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1689 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1690 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1692 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1693 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1694 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1695 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1696 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1697 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1698 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1699 * 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1701 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1703 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1706 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1707 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1708 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1709 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1712 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1714 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1715 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1716 * 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1720 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1721 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1722 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1723 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1724 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1725 * completely from scratch. 1726 * 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1730 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1731 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1732 * 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1735 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1736 * 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1739 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1740 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1741 * 1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1745 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1746 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1747 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1748 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1749 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1750 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1751 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1752 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1753 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1754 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1755 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1756 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1757 * 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1759 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1761 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1763 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1764 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1765 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1767 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1768 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1769 * 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1771 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1774 * 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1776 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1779 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1780 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1781 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1782 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1785 * connected to this BSS. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1788 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1790 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1791 * for non-automatic settings. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1794 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1795 * 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1797 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1798 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1799 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1800 * 1801 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1802 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1803 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1804 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1805 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1806 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1807 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1808 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1809 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1810 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1813 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1814 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1815 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1816 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1817 * 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1819 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1820 * 1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1822 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1827 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1828 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1829 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1830 * nl80211 capability flag. 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1833 * 1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1835 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1836 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1837 * 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1839 * changed once the mesh is active. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1841 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1843 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1844 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1846 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1847 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1848 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1851 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1853 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1854 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1855 * triggers. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1858 * cycles, in msecs. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1861 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1862 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1863 * pass-thru filter rules. 1864 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1865 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1866 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1867 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1868 * able to ignore them by itself. 1869 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1870 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1871 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1872 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1873 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1874 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1875 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1876 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1877 * 1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1879 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1880 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1882 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1883 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1884 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1887 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1890 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1891 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1892 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1895 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1896 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1899 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1900 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1901 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1903 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1904 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1905 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1906 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1909 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1911 * as AP. 1912 * 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1914 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1917 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1920 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1921 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1922 * applications use this attribute. 1923 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1924 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1927 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1928 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1930 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1932 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1934 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1936 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1937 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1938 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1941 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1942 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1943 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1946 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1947 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1948 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1951 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1953 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1954 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1955 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1958 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1959 * to be filled by the FW. 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1961 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1963 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1964 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1965 * The values that may be configured are: 1966 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1967 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1968 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1969 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1970 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1973 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1974 * to one DFS region. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1977 * up to 16 TIDs. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1980 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1981 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1982 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1983 * capability to timeout the stations. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1986 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1987 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1988 * 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1990 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1993 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1994 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1995 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1996 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1999 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2000 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2003 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2004 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2005 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2006 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2007 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2008 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2009 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2010 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2011 * consistent. 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2014 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2017 * 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2019 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2021 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2022 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2023 * no change is made. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2026 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2027 * 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2029 * carried in a u32 attribute 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2032 * MAC ACL. 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2035 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2036 * ACL. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2039 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2042 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2043 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2045 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2048 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2051 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2052 * and PU-APSD. 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2055 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2058 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2059 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2060 * 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2064 * Element 2065 * 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2067 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2069 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2072 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2073 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2074 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2077 * 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2079 * until the channel switch event. 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2081 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2082 * operation). 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2084 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2086 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2088 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2091 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2092 * 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2096 * operating classes. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2099 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2100 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2101 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2102 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2103 * IBSS network. 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2106 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2108 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2109 * 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2111 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2112 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2113 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2114 * u8 attribute. 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2117 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2120 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2122 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2125 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2126 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2130 * 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2132 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2133 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2134 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2135 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2136 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2139 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2141 * supported number of csa counters. 2142 * 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2144 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2145 * 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2147 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2148 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2149 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2150 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2151 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2152 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2153 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2154 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2155 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2156 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2157 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2158 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2159 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2160 * multicast group. 2161 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2162 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2163 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2164 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2165 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2166 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2167 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2168 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2169 * 2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2171 * the TDLS link initiator. 2172 * 2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2174 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2175 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2176 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2177 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2178 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2179 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2180 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2181 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2182 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2183 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2184 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2185 * 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2187 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2188 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2189 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2190 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2191 * 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2195 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2198 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2203 * 2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2205 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2206 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2207 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2210 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2211 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2212 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2213 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2214 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2215 * 2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2217 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2218 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2219 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2220 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2221 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2222 * over all channels. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2225 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2226 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2227 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2228 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2230 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2231 * 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2233 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2235 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2237 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2239 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2240 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2241 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2242 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2243 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2245 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2246 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2247 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2249 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2250 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2251 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2252 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2253 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2254 * 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2256 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2261 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2262 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2263 * interface type. 2264 * 2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2266 * groupID for monitor mode. 2267 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2268 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2269 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2270 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2271 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2272 * each group. 2273 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2274 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2275 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2276 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2277 * groupID data. 2278 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2280 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2281 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2282 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2285 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2286 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2287 * attribute must not be included). 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2289 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2291 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2292 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2293 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2294 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2296 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2297 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2298 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2299 * 2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2301 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2302 * 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2304 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2305 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2306 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2307 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2309 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2310 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2311 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2312 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2313 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2314 * the device will decide what to use. 2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2316 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2317 * attribute. 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2319 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2321 * protection. 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2323 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2324 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2325 * 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2327 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2328 * 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2330 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2333 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2334 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2335 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2336 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2337 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2338 * unnecessary wakeups. 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2341 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2342 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2343 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2344 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2347 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2348 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2349 * 2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2351 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2352 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2353 * 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2355 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2356 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2357 * 2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2359 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2360 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2363 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2364 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2365 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2366 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2367 * 2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2369 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2373 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2374 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2375 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2376 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2377 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2378 * is included as well. 2379 * 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2381 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2383 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2384 * 2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2386 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2387 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2392 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2393 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2394 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2396 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2397 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2398 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2399 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2400 * 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2402 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2403 * 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2405 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2407 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2409 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2410 * enforced. 2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2412 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2414 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2415 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2416 * 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2418 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2419 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2420 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2421 * 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2423 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2424 * 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2426 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2427 * invalid value. 2428 * 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2430 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2431 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2432 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2433 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2436 * scheduler. 2437 * 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2439 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2440 * possible values. 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2442 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2443 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2444 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2445 * or per-station. 2446 * 2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2448 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2449 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2452 * 2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2454 * functionality. 2455 * 2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2457 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2458 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2460 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2461 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2462 * 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2464 * (u16). 2465 * 2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2467 * 2468 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2469 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2470 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2471 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2472 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2473 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2474 * 2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2476 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2477 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2478 * attributes. 2479 * 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2481 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2482 * 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2484 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2485 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2486 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2487 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2488 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2489 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2490 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2491 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2492 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2493 * 2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2495 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2496 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2497 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2498 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2499 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2500 * has expired. 2501 * 2502 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2503 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2504 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2505 * disassociation is still forced. 2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2507 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2509 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2510 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2512 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2514 * 2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2516 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2517 * 2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2519 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2520 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2521 * 2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2523 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2524 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2525 * 2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2527 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2528 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2529 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2530 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2531 * 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2533 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2534 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2535 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2536 * 2537 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2539 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2540 */ 2541 enum nl80211_attrs { 2542 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2543 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2546 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2551 2552 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2553 2554 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2555 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2557 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2558 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2567 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2570 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2571 2572 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2573 2574 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2575 2576 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2577 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2578 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2580 2581 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2582 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2583 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2584 2585 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2586 2587 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2588 2589 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2591 2592 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2593 2594 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2595 2596 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2597 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2598 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2599 2600 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2601 2602 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2603 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2604 2605 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2606 2607 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2608 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2609 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2610 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2613 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2619 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2620 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2625 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2626 2627 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2629 2630 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2631 2632 2633 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2634 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2639 2640 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2641 2642 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2643 2644 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2645 2646 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2647 2648 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2649 2650 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2651 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2655 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2656 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2657 2658 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2659 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2660 2661 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2664 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2665 2666 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2667 2668 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2673 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2674 2675 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2676 2677 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2682 2683 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2684 2685 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2694 2695 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2696 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2699 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2706 2707 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2715 2716 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2717 2718 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2719 2720 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2724 2725 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2726 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2727 2728 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2729 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2730 2731 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2735 2736 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2737 2738 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2739 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2746 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2747 2748 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2749 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2752 2753 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2754 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2762 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2763 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2771 2772 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2773 2774 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2784 2785 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2786 2787 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2788 2789 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2790 2791 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2796 2797 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2798 2799 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2800 2801 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2802 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2803 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2806 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2807 2808 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2815 2816 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2817 2818 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2819 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2822 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2823 2824 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2825 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2828 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2831 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2834 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2835 2836 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2837 2838 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2839 2840 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2841 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2842 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2843 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2844 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2845 2846 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2847 2848 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2851 2852 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2853 2854 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2855 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2856 2857 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2860 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2861 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2862 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2863 2864 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2865 2866 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2867 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2868 2869 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2876 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2877 2878 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2879 2880 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2881 2882 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2883 2884 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2885 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2886 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2887 2888 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2895 2896 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2897 2898 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2903 2904 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2907 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2909 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2910 2911 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2914 2915 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2918 2919 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2920 2921 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2922 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2925 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2926 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2927 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2930 2931 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2932 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2933 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2934 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2935 2936 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2937 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2944 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2945 2946 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2947 2948 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2950 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2951 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2952 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2953 2954 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2955 2956 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2960 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2961 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2964 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2972 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2973 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2974 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2975 2976 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2977 2978 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2979 2980 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2981 2982 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2985 2986 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2987 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2988 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2989 2990 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2995 2996 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2997 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2998 2999 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3000 3001 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3010 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3011 3012 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3013 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3014 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3015 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3016 3017 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3018 3019 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3020 3021 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3022 3023 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3024 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3025 3026 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3027 3028 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3029 3030 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3031 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3033 }; 3034 3035 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3036 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3037 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3038 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3039 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3040 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3041 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3042 3043 /* 3044 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3045 * here 3046 */ 3047 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3048 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3049 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3050 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3051 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3052 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3053 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3054 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3055 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3056 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3057 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3058 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3059 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3060 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3061 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3062 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3063 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3064 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3065 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3066 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3067 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3068 3069 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3070 3071 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3072 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3073 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3074 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3075 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3076 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3077 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3078 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3079 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3080 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3081 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3082 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3083 3084 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3085 3086 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3087 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3088 3089 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3090 3091 /** 3092 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3093 * 3094 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3095 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3096 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3097 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3098 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3099 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3100 * AP type interface. 3101 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3102 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3103 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3104 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3105 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3106 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3107 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3108 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3109 * commands to create and destroy one 3110 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3111 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3112 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3113 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3114 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3115 * 3116 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3117 * to set the type of an interface. 3118 * 3119 */ 3120 enum nl80211_iftype { 3121 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3122 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3123 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3124 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3125 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3126 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3127 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3128 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3129 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3130 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3131 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3132 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3133 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3134 3135 /* keep last */ 3136 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3137 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3138 }; 3139 3140 /** 3141 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3142 * 3143 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3144 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3145 * 3146 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3147 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3148 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3149 * with short barker preamble 3150 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3151 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3152 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3153 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3154 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3155 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3156 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3157 * as errors.) 3158 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3159 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3160 * previously added station into associated state 3161 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3162 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3163 */ 3164 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3165 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3166 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3167 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3168 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3169 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3170 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3171 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3172 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3173 3174 /* keep last */ 3175 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3176 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3177 }; 3178 3179 /** 3180 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3181 * 3182 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3183 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3184 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3185 */ 3186 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3187 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3188 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3189 3190 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3191 }; 3192 3193 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3194 3195 /** 3196 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3197 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3198 * @set: which values to set them to 3199 * 3200 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3201 */ 3202 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3203 __u32 mask; 3204 __u32 set; 3205 } __attribute__((packed)); 3206 3207 /** 3208 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3209 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3210 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3211 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3212 */ 3213 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3214 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3215 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3216 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3217 }; 3218 3219 /** 3220 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3221 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3222 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3223 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3224 */ 3225 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3226 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3227 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3228 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3229 }; 3230 3231 /** 3232 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3233 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3234 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3235 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3236 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3237 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3238 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3239 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3240 */ 3241 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3242 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3243 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3244 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3245 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3246 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3247 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3248 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3249 }; 3250 3251 /** 3252 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3253 * 3254 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3255 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3256 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3257 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3258 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3259 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3260 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3261 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3262 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3263 * 3264 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3265 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3266 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3267 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3268 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3269 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3270 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3271 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3272 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3273 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3274 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3275 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3276 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3277 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3278 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3279 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3280 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3281 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3282 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3283 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3284 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3285 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3286 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3287 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3288 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3289 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3290 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3291 */ 3292 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3293 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3294 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3295 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3296 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3297 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3298 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3299 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3300 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3301 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3302 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3303 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3304 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3305 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3306 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3307 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3308 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3309 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3310 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3311 3312 /* keep last */ 3313 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3314 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3315 }; 3316 3317 /** 3318 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3319 * 3320 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3321 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3322 * 3323 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3324 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3325 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3326 * (flag) 3327 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3328 * (flag) 3329 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3330 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3331 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3332 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3333 */ 3334 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3335 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3336 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3337 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3338 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3339 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3340 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3341 3342 /* keep last */ 3343 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3344 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3345 }; 3346 3347 /** 3348 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3349 * 3350 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3351 * when getting information about a station. 3352 * 3353 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3355 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3356 * (u32, from this station) 3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3358 * (u32, to this station) 3359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3360 * (u64, from this station) 3361 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3362 * (u64, to this station) 3363 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3364 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3365 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3366 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3367 * (u32, from this station) 3368 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3369 * (u32, to this station) 3370 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3372 * (u32, to this station) 3373 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3375 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3376 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3377 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3378 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3379 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3380 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3381 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3382 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3384 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3385 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3386 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3387 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3388 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3389 * non-peer STA 3390 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3391 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3392 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3393 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3394 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3395 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3396 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3397 * (u64) 3398 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3399 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3400 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3401 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3402 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3403 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3404 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3405 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3406 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3407 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3408 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3409 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3410 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3411 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3412 * (u32, from this station) 3413 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3414 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3415 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3416 * might not be fully accurate. 3417 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3418 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3420 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3421 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3422 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3423 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3424 * of STA's association 3425 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3426 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3427 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3428 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3429 */ 3430 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3431 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3432 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3433 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3434 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3435 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3436 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3437 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3438 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3439 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3440 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3441 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3442 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3443 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3444 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3445 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3446 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3447 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3448 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3449 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3450 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3451 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3452 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3453 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3454 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3455 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3456 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3457 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3458 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3459 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3460 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3461 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3462 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3463 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3464 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3465 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3466 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3467 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3468 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3469 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3470 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3471 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3472 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3473 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3474 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3475 3476 /* keep last */ 3477 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3478 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3479 }; 3480 3481 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3482 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3483 3484 3485 /** 3486 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3487 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3488 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3489 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3490 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3491 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3492 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3493 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3494 * MSDUs (u64) 3495 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3496 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3497 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3498 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3499 */ 3500 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3501 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3502 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3503 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3504 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3505 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3506 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3507 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3508 3509 /* keep last */ 3510 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3511 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3512 }; 3513 3514 /** 3515 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3516 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3517 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3518 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3519 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3520 * backlogged 3521 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3522 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3523 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3524 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3525 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3526 * (only for per-phy stats) 3527 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3528 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3529 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3530 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3531 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3532 */ 3533 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3534 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3535 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3536 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3537 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3538 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3539 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3540 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3541 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3542 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3543 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3544 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3545 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3546 3547 /* keep last */ 3548 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3549 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3550 }; 3551 3552 /** 3553 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3554 * 3555 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3556 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3557 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3558 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3559 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3560 */ 3561 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3562 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3563 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3564 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3565 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3566 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3567 }; 3568 3569 /** 3570 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3571 * 3572 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3573 * information about a mesh path. 3574 * 3575 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3576 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3577 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3578 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3579 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3580 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3581 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3582 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3583 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3584 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3585 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3586 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3587 * currently defined 3588 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3589 */ 3590 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3591 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3592 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3593 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3594 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3595 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3596 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3597 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3598 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3599 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3600 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3601 3602 /* keep last */ 3603 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3604 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3605 }; 3606 3607 /** 3608 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3609 * 3610 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3611 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3612 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3613 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3614 * capabilities IE 3615 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3616 * capabilities IE 3617 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3618 * capabilities IE 3619 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3620 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3621 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3622 * defined 3623 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3624 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3625 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3626 */ 3627 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3628 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3629 3630 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3631 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3632 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3633 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3634 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3635 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3636 3637 /* keep last */ 3638 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3639 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3640 }; 3641 3642 /** 3643 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3644 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3645 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3646 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3647 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3648 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3649 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3650 * defined in 802.11n 3651 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3652 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3653 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3654 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3655 * defined in 802.11ac 3656 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3657 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3658 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3659 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3660 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3661 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3662 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3663 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3664 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3665 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3666 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3667 */ 3668 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3669 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3670 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3671 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3672 3673 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3674 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3675 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3676 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3677 3678 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3679 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3680 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3681 3682 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3683 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3684 3685 /* keep last */ 3686 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3687 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3688 }; 3689 3690 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3691 3692 /** 3693 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3694 * 3695 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3696 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3697 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3698 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3699 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3700 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3701 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3702 */ 3703 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3704 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3705 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3706 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3707 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3708 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3709 3710 /* keep last */ 3711 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3712 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3713 }; 3714 3715 /** 3716 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3717 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3718 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3719 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3720 * regulatory domain. 3721 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3722 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3723 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3724 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3725 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3726 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3727 * (100 * dBm). 3728 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3729 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3730 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3731 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3732 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3733 * channel as the control channel 3734 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3735 * channel as the control channel 3736 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3737 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3738 * this includes 80+80 channels 3739 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3740 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3741 * isn't possible 3742 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3743 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3744 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3745 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3746 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3747 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3748 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3749 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3750 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3751 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3752 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3753 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3754 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3755 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3756 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3757 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3758 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3759 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3760 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3761 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3762 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3763 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3764 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3765 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3766 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3767 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3768 * in current regulatory domain. 3769 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3770 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3771 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3772 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3773 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3774 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3775 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3776 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3777 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3778 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3779 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3780 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3781 * currently defined 3782 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3783 * 3784 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3785 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3786 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3787 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3788 */ 3789 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3790 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3791 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3792 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3793 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3794 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3795 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3796 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3797 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3798 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3799 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3800 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3801 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3802 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3803 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3804 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3805 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3806 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3807 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3808 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3809 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3810 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3811 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3812 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3813 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3814 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3815 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3816 3817 /* keep last */ 3818 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3819 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3820 }; 3821 3822 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3823 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3824 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3825 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3826 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3827 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3828 3829 /** 3830 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3831 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3832 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3833 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3834 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3835 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3836 * currently defined 3837 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3838 */ 3839 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3840 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3841 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3842 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3843 3844 /* keep last */ 3845 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3846 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3847 }; 3848 3849 /** 3850 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3851 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3852 * regulatory domain. 3853 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3854 * regulatory domain. 3855 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3856 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3857 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3858 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3859 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3860 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3861 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3862 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3863 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3864 */ 3865 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3866 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3867 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3868 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3869 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3870 }; 3871 3872 /** 3873 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3874 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3875 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3876 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3877 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3878 * domain. 3879 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3880 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3881 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3882 * them to be applied. 3883 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3884 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3885 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3886 * domain request to be processed. 3887 */ 3888 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3889 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3890 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3891 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3892 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3893 }; 3894 3895 /** 3896 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3897 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3898 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3899 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3900 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3901 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3902 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3903 * band edge. 3904 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3905 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3906 * band edge. 3907 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3908 * frequency range, in KHz. 3909 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3910 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3911 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3912 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3913 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3914 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3915 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3916 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3917 * currently defined 3918 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3919 */ 3920 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3921 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3922 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3923 3924 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3925 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3926 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3927 3928 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3929 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3930 3931 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3932 3933 /* keep last */ 3934 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3935 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3936 }; 3937 3938 /** 3939 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3940 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3941 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3942 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3943 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3944 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3945 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3946 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3947 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3948 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3949 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3950 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3951 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3952 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3953 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3954 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3955 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3956 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3957 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3958 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3959 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3960 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3961 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3962 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3963 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3964 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3965 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3966 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3967 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3968 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3969 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3970 * attribute number currently defined 3971 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3972 */ 3973 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3974 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3975 3976 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3977 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3978 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3979 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3980 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3981 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3982 3983 /* keep last */ 3984 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3985 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3986 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3987 }; 3988 3989 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3990 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3991 3992 /** 3993 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3994 * 3995 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3996 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3997 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3998 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3999 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4000 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4001 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4002 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4003 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4004 * beaconing. 4005 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4006 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4007 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4008 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4009 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4010 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4011 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4012 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4013 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4014 */ 4015 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4016 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4017 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4018 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4019 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4020 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4021 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4022 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4023 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4024 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4025 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4026 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4027 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4028 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4029 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4030 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4031 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4032 }; 4033 4034 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4035 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4036 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4037 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4038 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4039 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4040 4041 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4042 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4043 4044 /** 4045 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4046 * 4047 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4048 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4049 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4050 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4051 */ 4052 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4053 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4054 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4055 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4056 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4057 }; 4058 4059 /** 4060 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4061 * 4062 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4063 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4064 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4065 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4066 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4067 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4068 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4069 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4070 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4071 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4072 * supported feature. 4073 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4074 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4075 */ 4076 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4077 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4078 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4079 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4080 }; 4081 4082 /** 4083 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4084 * 4085 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4086 * when getting information about a survey. 4087 * 4088 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4089 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4090 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4091 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4092 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4093 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4094 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4095 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4096 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4097 * channel was sensed busy 4098 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4099 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4100 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4101 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4102 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4103 * (on this channel or globally) 4104 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4105 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4106 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4107 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4108 * currently defined 4109 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4110 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4111 */ 4112 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4113 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4114 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4115 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4116 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4117 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4118 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4119 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4120 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4121 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4122 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4123 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4124 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4125 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4126 4127 /* keep last */ 4128 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4129 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4130 }; 4131 4132 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4133 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4134 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4135 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4136 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4137 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4138 4139 /** 4140 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4141 * 4142 * Monitor configuration flags. 4143 * 4144 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4145 * 4146 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4147 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4148 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4149 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4150 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4151 * overrides all other flags. 4152 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4153 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4154 * 4155 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4156 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4157 */ 4158 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4159 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4160 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4161 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4162 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4163 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4164 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4165 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4166 4167 /* keep last */ 4168 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4169 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4170 }; 4171 4172 /** 4173 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4174 * 4175 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4176 * not known or has not been set yet. 4177 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4178 * in Awake state all the time. 4179 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4180 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4181 * neighbor's beacons. 4182 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4183 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4184 * for neighbor's beacons. 4185 * 4186 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4187 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4188 */ 4189 4190 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4191 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4192 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4193 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4194 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4195 4196 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4197 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4198 }; 4199 4200 /** 4201 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4202 * 4203 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4204 * active. 4205 * 4206 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4207 * 4208 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4209 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4210 * 4211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4212 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4213 * 4214 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4215 * millisecond units 4216 * 4217 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4218 * on this mesh interface 4219 * 4220 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4221 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4222 * mesh 4223 * 4224 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4225 * point. 4226 * 4227 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4228 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4229 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4230 * set. 4231 * 4232 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4233 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4234 * target) 4235 * 4236 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4237 * (in milliseconds) 4238 * 4239 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4240 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4241 * 4242 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4243 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4244 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4245 * 4246 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4247 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4248 * reference element 4249 * 4250 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4251 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4252 * mesh 4253 * 4254 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4255 * 4256 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4257 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4258 * 4259 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4260 * root announcements are transmitted. 4261 * 4262 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4263 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4264 * Announcement frames. 4265 * 4266 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4267 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4268 * PERR element. 4269 * 4270 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4271 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4272 * 4273 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4274 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4275 * a peer link. 4276 * 4277 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4278 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4279 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4280 * 4281 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4282 * 4283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4284 * 4285 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4286 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4287 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4288 * 4289 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4290 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4291 * 4292 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4293 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4294 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4295 * 4296 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4297 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4298 * 4299 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4300 * 4301 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4302 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4303 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4304 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4305 * 4306 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4307 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4308 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4309 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4310 * 4311 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4312 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4313 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4314 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4315 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4316 * 4317 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4318 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4319 * in the mesh formation field. 4320 * 4321 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4322 */ 4323 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4324 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4325 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4326 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4327 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4328 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4329 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4330 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4331 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4332 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4333 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4334 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4335 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4336 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4337 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4338 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4339 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4340 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4341 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4342 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4343 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4344 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4345 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4346 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4347 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4348 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4349 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4350 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4351 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4352 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4353 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4354 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4355 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4356 4357 /* keep last */ 4358 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4359 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4360 }; 4361 4362 /** 4363 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4364 * 4365 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4366 * changed while the mesh is active. 4367 * 4368 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4369 * 4370 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4371 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4372 * default HWMP. 4373 * 4374 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4375 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4376 * metric. 4377 * 4378 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4379 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4380 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4381 * metrics in use. 4382 * 4383 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4384 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4385 * 4386 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4387 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4388 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4389 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4390 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4391 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4392 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4393 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4394 * userspace daemon. 4395 * 4396 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4397 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4398 * neighbor offset synchronization 4399 * 4400 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4401 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4402 * 4403 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4404 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4405 * Default is no authentication method required. 4406 * 4407 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4408 * 4409 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4410 */ 4411 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4412 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4413 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4414 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4415 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4416 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4417 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4418 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4419 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4420 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4421 4422 /* keep last */ 4423 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4424 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4425 }; 4426 4427 /** 4428 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4429 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4430 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4431 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4432 * disabled 4433 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4434 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4435 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4436 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4437 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4438 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4439 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4440 */ 4441 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4442 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4443 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4444 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4445 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4446 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4447 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4448 4449 /* keep last */ 4450 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4451 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4452 }; 4453 4454 enum nl80211_ac { 4455 NL80211_AC_VO, 4456 NL80211_AC_VI, 4457 NL80211_AC_BE, 4458 NL80211_AC_BK, 4459 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4460 }; 4461 4462 /* backward compat */ 4463 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4464 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4465 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4466 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4467 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4468 4469 /** 4470 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4471 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4472 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4473 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4474 * below the control channel 4475 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4476 * above the control channel 4477 */ 4478 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4479 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4480 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4481 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4482 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4483 }; 4484 4485 /** 4486 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4487 * 4488 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4489 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4490 * 4491 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4492 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4493 * 4494 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4495 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4496 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4497 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4498 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4499 */ 4500 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4501 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4502 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4503 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4504 }; 4505 4506 /** 4507 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4508 * 4509 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4510 * attribute. 4511 * 4512 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4513 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4514 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4515 * attribute must be provided as well 4516 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4517 * attribute must be provided as well 4518 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4519 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4520 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4521 * attribute must be provided as well 4522 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4523 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4524 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4525 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4526 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4527 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4528 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4529 */ 4530 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4531 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4532 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4533 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4534 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4535 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4536 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4537 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4538 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4539 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4540 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4541 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4542 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4543 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4544 }; 4545 4546 /** 4547 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4548 * 4549 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4550 * 4551 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4552 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4553 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4554 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4555 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4556 */ 4557 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4558 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4559 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4560 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4561 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4562 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4563 }; 4564 4565 /** 4566 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4567 * 4568 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4569 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4570 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4571 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4572 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4573 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4574 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4575 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4576 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4577 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4578 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4579 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4580 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4581 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4582 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4583 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4584 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4585 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4586 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4587 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4588 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4589 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4590 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4591 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4592 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4593 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4594 * yet been received 4595 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4596 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4597 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4598 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4599 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4600 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4601 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4602 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4603 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4604 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4605 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4606 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4607 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4608 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4609 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4610 * is set. 4611 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4612 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4613 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4614 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4615 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4616 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4617 */ 4618 enum nl80211_bss { 4619 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4620 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4621 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4622 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4623 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4624 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4625 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4626 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4627 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4628 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4629 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4630 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4631 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4632 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4633 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4634 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4635 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4636 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4637 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4638 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4639 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4640 4641 /* keep last */ 4642 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4643 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4644 }; 4645 4646 /** 4647 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4648 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4649 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4650 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4651 * a given BSS. 4652 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4653 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4654 * 4655 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4656 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4657 */ 4658 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4659 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4660 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4661 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4662 }; 4663 4664 /** 4665 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4666 * 4667 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4668 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4669 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4670 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4671 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4672 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4673 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4674 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4675 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4676 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4677 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4678 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4679 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4680 */ 4681 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4682 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4683 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4684 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4685 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4686 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4687 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4688 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4689 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4690 4691 /* keep last */ 4692 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4693 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4694 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4695 }; 4696 4697 /** 4698 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4699 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4700 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4701 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4702 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4703 */ 4704 enum nl80211_key_type { 4705 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4706 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4707 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4708 4709 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4710 }; 4711 4712 /** 4713 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4714 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4715 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4716 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4717 */ 4718 enum nl80211_mfp { 4719 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4720 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4721 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4722 }; 4723 4724 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4725 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4726 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4727 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4728 }; 4729 4730 /** 4731 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4732 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4733 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4734 * unicast key 4735 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4736 * multicast key 4737 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4738 */ 4739 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4740 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4741 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4742 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4743 4744 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4745 }; 4746 4747 /** 4748 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4749 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4750 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4751 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4752 * keys 4753 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4754 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4755 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4756 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4757 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4758 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4759 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4760 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4761 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4762 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4763 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4764 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4765 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4766 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4767 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4768 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4769 * 4770 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4771 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4772 */ 4773 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4774 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4775 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4776 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4777 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4778 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4779 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4780 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4781 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4782 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4783 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4784 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4785 4786 /* keep last */ 4787 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4788 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4789 }; 4790 4791 /** 4792 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4793 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4794 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4795 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4796 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4797 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4798 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4799 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4800 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4801 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4802 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4803 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4804 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4805 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4806 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4807 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4808 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4809 */ 4810 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4811 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4812 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4813 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4814 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4815 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4816 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4817 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4818 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4819 4820 /* keep last */ 4821 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4822 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4823 }; 4824 4825 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4826 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4827 4828 /** 4829 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4830 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4831 */ 4832 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4833 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4834 }; 4835 4836 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4837 /** 4838 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4839 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4840 */ 4841 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4842 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4843 }; 4844 4845 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4846 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4847 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4848 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4849 }; 4850 4851 /** 4852 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4853 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4854 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4855 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4856 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4857 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4858 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4859 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4860 */ 4861 enum nl80211_band { 4862 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4863 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4864 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4865 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4866 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4867 4868 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4869 }; 4870 4871 /** 4872 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4873 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4874 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4875 */ 4876 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4877 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4878 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4879 }; 4880 4881 /** 4882 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4883 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4884 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4885 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4886 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4887 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4888 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4889 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4890 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4891 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4892 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4893 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4894 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4895 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4896 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4897 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4898 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4899 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4900 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4901 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4902 * checked. 4903 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4904 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4905 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4906 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4907 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4908 * loss event 4909 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4910 * RSSI threshold event. 4911 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4913 */ 4914 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4915 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4916 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4917 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4918 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4919 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4920 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4921 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4922 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4923 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4924 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4925 4926 /* keep last */ 4927 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4928 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4929 }; 4930 4931 /** 4932 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4933 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4934 * configured threshold 4935 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4936 * configured threshold 4937 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4938 */ 4939 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4940 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4941 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4942 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4943 }; 4944 4945 4946 /** 4947 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4948 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4949 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4950 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4951 */ 4952 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4953 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4954 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4955 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4956 }; 4957 4958 /** 4959 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4960 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4961 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4962 */ 4963 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4964 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4965 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4966 }; 4967 4968 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4969 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4970 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 4971 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 4972 */ 4973 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 4974 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 4975 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 4976 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 4977 }; 4978 4979 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4980 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4981 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4982 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4983 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4984 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4985 * per peer instead. 4986 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 4987 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 4988 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 4989 * should be left untouched. 4990 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4991 * Its type is u16. 4992 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4993 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4994 * Its type is u8. 4995 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4996 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4997 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4998 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4999 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5000 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5001 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5002 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5003 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5004 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5005 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5006 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5007 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5008 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5009 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5010 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5011 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5012 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5013 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5014 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5015 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5016 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5017 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5018 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5019 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5020 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5021 * station. 5022 */ 5023 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5024 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5025 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5026 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5027 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5028 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5029 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5030 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5031 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5032 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5033 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5034 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5035 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5036 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5037 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5038 5039 /* keep last */ 5040 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5041 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5042 }; 5043 5044 /** 5045 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5046 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5047 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5048 * a zero bit are ignored 5049 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5050 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5051 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5052 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5053 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5054 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5055 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5056 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5057 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5058 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5059 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5060 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5061 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5062 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5063 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5064 */ 5065 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5066 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5067 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5068 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5069 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5070 5071 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5072 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5073 }; 5074 5075 /** 5076 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5077 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5078 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5079 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5080 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5081 * 5082 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5083 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5084 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5085 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5086 * by the kernel to userspace. 5087 */ 5088 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5089 __u32 max_patterns; 5090 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5091 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5092 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5093 } __attribute__((packed)); 5094 5095 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5096 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5097 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5098 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5099 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5100 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5101 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5102 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5103 5104 /** 5105 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5106 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5107 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5108 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5109 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5110 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5111 * any others are even supported by the device. 5112 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5113 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5114 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5115 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5116 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5117 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5118 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5119 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5120 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5121 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5122 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5123 * 5124 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5125 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5126 * 5127 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5128 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5129 * to the kernel when configuring. 5130 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5131 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5132 * by the device (flag) 5133 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5134 * done by the device) (flag) 5135 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5136 * packet (flag) 5137 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5138 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5139 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5140 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5141 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5142 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5143 * attribute contains the original length. 5144 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5145 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5146 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5147 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5148 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5149 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5150 * contains the original length. 5151 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5152 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5153 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5154 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5155 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5156 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5157 * the TCP connection. 5158 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5159 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5160 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5161 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5162 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5163 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5164 * service 5165 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5166 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5167 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5168 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5169 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5170 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5171 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5172 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5173 * supported by the driver (u32). 5174 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5175 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5176 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5177 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5178 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5179 * occurred. 5180 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5181 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5182 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5183 * these attributes must be present. If 5184 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5185 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5186 * channel. 5187 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5188 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5189 * 5190 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5191 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5192 */ 5193 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5194 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5195 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5196 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5197 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5198 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5199 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5200 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5201 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5202 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5203 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5204 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5205 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5206 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5207 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5208 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5209 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5210 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5211 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5212 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5213 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5214 5215 /* keep last */ 5216 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5217 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5218 }; 5219 5220 /** 5221 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5222 * 5223 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5224 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5225 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5226 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5227 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5228 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5229 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5230 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5231 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5232 * 5233 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5234 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5235 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5236 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5237 * also woken up. 5238 * 5239 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5240 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5241 */ 5242 5243 /** 5244 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5245 * @start: starting value 5246 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5247 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5248 * 5249 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5250 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5251 * in little endian. 5252 */ 5253 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5254 __u32 start, offset, len; 5255 }; 5256 5257 /** 5258 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5259 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5260 * @len: length of each token 5261 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5262 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5263 */ 5264 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5265 __u32 offset, len; 5266 __u8 token_stream[]; 5267 }; 5268 5269 /** 5270 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5271 * @min_len: minimum token length 5272 * @max_len: maximum token length 5273 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5274 */ 5275 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5276 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5277 }; 5278 5279 /** 5280 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5281 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5282 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5284 * (in network byte order) 5285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5286 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5287 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5288 * might require ARP querying. 5289 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5290 * socket and port will be allocated 5291 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5292 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5293 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5294 * of the data payload. 5295 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5296 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5297 * advertising it is just a flag 5298 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5299 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5300 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5301 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5302 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5303 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5304 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5305 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5306 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5307 * but on the TCP payload only. 5308 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5309 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5310 */ 5311 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5312 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5313 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5314 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5315 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5316 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5317 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5318 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5319 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5324 5325 /* keep last */ 5326 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5327 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5328 }; 5329 5330 /** 5331 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5332 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5333 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5334 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5335 * 5336 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5337 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5338 */ 5339 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5340 __u32 max_rules; 5341 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5342 __u32 max_delay; 5343 } __attribute__((packed)); 5344 5345 /** 5346 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5347 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5348 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5349 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5350 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5351 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5352 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5353 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5354 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5355 */ 5356 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5357 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5358 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5359 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5360 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5361 5362 /* keep last */ 5363 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5364 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5365 }; 5366 5367 /** 5368 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5369 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5370 * in a rule are matched. 5371 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5372 * in a rule are not matched. 5373 */ 5374 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5375 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5376 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5377 }; 5378 5379 /** 5380 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5381 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5382 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5383 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5384 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5385 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5386 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5387 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5388 */ 5389 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5390 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5391 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5392 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5393 5394 /* keep last */ 5395 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5396 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5397 }; 5398 5399 /** 5400 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5401 * 5402 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5403 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5404 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5405 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5406 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5407 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5408 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5409 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5410 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5411 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5412 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5413 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5414 * different channels may be used within this group. 5415 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5416 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5417 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5418 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5419 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5420 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5421 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5422 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5423 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5424 * 5425 * Examples: 5426 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5427 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5428 * 5429 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5430 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5431 * 5432 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5433 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5434 * 5435 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5436 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5437 * 5438 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5439 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5440 * that any of these groups must match. 5441 * 5442 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5443 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5444 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5445 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5446 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5447 */ 5448 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5449 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5450 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5451 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5452 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5453 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5454 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5455 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5456 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5457 5458 /* keep last */ 5459 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5460 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5461 }; 5462 5463 5464 /** 5465 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5466 * 5467 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5468 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5469 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5470 * this mesh peer 5471 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5472 * from this mesh peer 5473 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5474 * received from this mesh peer 5475 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5476 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5477 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5478 * plink are discarded 5479 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5480 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5481 */ 5482 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5483 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5484 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5485 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5486 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5487 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5488 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5489 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5490 5491 /* keep last */ 5492 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5493 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5494 }; 5495 5496 /** 5497 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5498 * 5499 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5500 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5501 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5502 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5503 */ 5504 enum plink_actions { 5505 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5506 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5507 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5508 5509 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5510 }; 5511 5512 5513 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5514 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5515 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5516 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5517 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5518 5519 /** 5520 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5521 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5522 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5523 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5524 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5525 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5526 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5527 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5528 */ 5529 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5530 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5531 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5532 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5533 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5534 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5535 5536 /* keep last */ 5537 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5538 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5539 }; 5540 5541 /** 5542 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5543 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5544 * Beacon frames) 5545 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5546 * in Beacon frames 5547 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5548 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5549 */ 5550 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5551 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5552 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5553 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5554 }; 5555 5556 /** 5557 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5558 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5559 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5560 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5561 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5562 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5563 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5564 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5565 */ 5566 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5567 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5568 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5569 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5570 5571 /* keep last */ 5572 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5573 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5574 }; 5575 5576 /** 5577 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5578 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5579 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5580 * priority) 5581 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5582 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5583 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5584 * (internal) 5585 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5586 * (internal) 5587 */ 5588 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5589 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5590 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5591 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5592 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5593 5594 /* keep last */ 5595 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5596 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5597 }; 5598 5599 /** 5600 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5601 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5602 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5603 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5604 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5605 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5606 */ 5607 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5608 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5609 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5610 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5611 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5612 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5613 }; 5614 5615 /* 5616 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5617 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5618 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5619 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5620 }; 5621 */ 5622 5623 /** 5624 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5625 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5626 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5627 * socket option. 5628 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5629 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5630 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5631 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5632 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5633 * cellular base stations. 5634 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5635 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5636 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5637 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5638 * mode 5639 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5640 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5641 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5642 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5643 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5644 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5645 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5646 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5647 * setting 5648 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5649 * powersave 5650 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5651 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5652 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5653 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5654 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5655 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5656 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5657 * states using station flags. 5658 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5659 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5660 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5661 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5662 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5663 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5664 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5665 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5666 * still generated by the driver. 5667 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5668 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5669 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5670 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5671 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5672 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5673 * lifetime of a BSS. 5674 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5675 * Set IE to probe requests. 5676 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5677 * to probe requests. 5678 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5679 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5680 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5681 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5682 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5683 * Measurement Report action frame. 5684 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5685 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5686 * to enable dynack. 5687 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5688 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5689 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5690 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5691 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5692 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5693 * rts/cts handshake. 5694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5695 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5696 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5697 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5699 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5700 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5701 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5702 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5703 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5704 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5705 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5706 * address mask/value will be used. 5707 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5708 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5709 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5710 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5711 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5712 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5713 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5714 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5715 */ 5716 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5717 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5718 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5719 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5720 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5721 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5722 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5723 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5724 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5725 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5726 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5727 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5728 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5729 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5730 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5731 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5732 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5733 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5734 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5735 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5736 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5737 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5738 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5739 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5740 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5741 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5742 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5743 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5744 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5745 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5746 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5747 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5748 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5749 }; 5750 5751 /** 5752 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5753 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5754 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5755 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5756 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5757 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5758 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5759 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5760 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5761 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5762 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5763 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5764 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5765 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5766 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5767 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5768 * (if available). 5769 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5770 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5771 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5772 * (if available). 5773 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5774 * channel dwell time. 5775 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5776 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5777 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5778 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5779 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5780 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5781 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5782 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5783 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5784 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5785 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5786 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5787 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5788 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5789 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5790 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5791 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5792 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5793 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5794 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5795 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5796 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5797 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5798 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5799 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5800 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5801 * be supported. 5802 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5803 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5804 * actual dwell time. 5805 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5806 * response 5807 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5808 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5809 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5810 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5811 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5812 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5814 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5815 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5816 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5817 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5818 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5819 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5820 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5821 * "radar detected" event. 5822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5823 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5824 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5825 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5826 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5827 * TXQs. 5828 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5829 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5830 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5831 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5832 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5834 * timing measurement responder role. 5835 * 5836 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5837 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5838 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5839 * freeze the connection. 5840 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5841 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5842 * 5843 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5844 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5845 * scheduling. 5846 * 5847 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5848 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5849 * 5850 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5851 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5852 * 5853 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5854 * to a station. 5855 * 5856 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5857 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5858 * 5859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5860 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5861 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5862 * 5863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5864 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5865 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5866 * 5867 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5868 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5870 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5871 * 5872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5873 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5874 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5875 * 5876 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5877 * 5878 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5879 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5880 * 5881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5882 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5883 * 5884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5885 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5886 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5887 * included in the scan request. 5888 * 5889 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5890 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5891 * 5892 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 5893 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 5894 * 5895 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5896 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 5897 * command). 5898 * 5899 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 5900 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 5901 * 5902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 5903 * frames transmission 5904 * 5905 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 5906 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 5907 * 5908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 5909 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 5910 * 5911 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5912 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5913 */ 5914 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5915 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5916 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5917 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5918 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5919 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5920 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5921 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5922 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5923 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5924 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5925 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5926 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5927 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5928 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5929 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5930 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5931 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5932 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5933 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5934 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5935 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5936 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5937 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5938 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5939 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5940 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5941 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5942 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5943 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5944 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5945 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5946 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5947 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5948 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5949 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5950 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5951 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5952 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5953 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5954 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5955 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5956 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5957 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5958 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5959 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5960 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5961 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5962 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5963 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5964 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5965 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5966 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 5967 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 5968 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 5969 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 5970 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5971 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 5972 5973 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5974 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5975 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5976 }; 5977 5978 /** 5979 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5980 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5981 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5982 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5983 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5984 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5985 * to the host. 5986 * 5987 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5988 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5989 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5990 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5991 */ 5992 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5993 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5994 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5995 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5996 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5997 }; 5998 5999 /** 6000 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6001 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6002 * handled by the AP is reached. 6003 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6004 */ 6005 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6006 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6007 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6008 }; 6009 6010 /** 6011 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6012 * 6013 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6014 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6015 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6016 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6017 */ 6018 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6019 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6020 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6021 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6022 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6023 }; 6024 6025 /** 6026 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6027 * 6028 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6029 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6030 * requests. 6031 * 6032 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6033 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6034 * one of them can be used in the request. 6035 * 6036 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6037 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6038 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6039 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6040 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6041 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6042 * when really needed 6043 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6044 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6045 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6046 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6047 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6048 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6049 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6050 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6051 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6052 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6053 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6054 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6055 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6056 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6057 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6058 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6059 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6060 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6061 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6062 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6063 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6064 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6065 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6066 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6067 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6068 * impacted with this flag. 6069 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6070 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6071 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6072 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6073 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6074 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6075 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6076 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6077 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6078 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6079 * possible. 6080 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6081 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6082 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6083 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6084 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6085 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6086 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6087 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6088 */ 6089 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6090 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6091 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6092 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6093 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6094 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6095 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6096 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6097 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6098 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6099 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6100 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6101 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6102 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6103 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6104 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6105 }; 6106 6107 /** 6108 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6109 * 6110 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6111 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6112 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6113 * 6114 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6115 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6116 * in ACL to authenticate. 6117 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6118 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6119 */ 6120 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6121 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6122 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6123 }; 6124 6125 /** 6126 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6127 * 6128 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6129 * 6130 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6131 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6132 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6133 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6134 */ 6135 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6136 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6137 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6138 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6139 6140 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6141 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6142 }; 6143 6144 /** 6145 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6146 * 6147 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6148 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6149 * 6150 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6151 * now unusable. 6152 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6153 * the channel is now available. 6154 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6155 * change to the channel status. 6156 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6157 * over, channel becomes usable. 6158 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6159 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6160 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6161 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6162 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6163 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6164 */ 6165 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6166 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6167 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6168 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6169 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6170 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6171 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6172 }; 6173 6174 /** 6175 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6176 * 6177 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6178 * 6179 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6180 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6181 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6182 * is therefore marked as not available. 6183 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6184 */ 6185 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6186 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6187 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6188 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6189 }; 6190 6191 /** 6192 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6193 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6194 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6195 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6196 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6197 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6198 */ 6199 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6200 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6201 }; 6202 6203 /** 6204 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6205 * 6206 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6207 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6208 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6209 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6210 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6211 */ 6212 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6213 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6214 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6215 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6216 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6217 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6218 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6219 }; 6220 6221 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6222 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6223 6224 /** 6225 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6226 * 6227 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6228 * 6229 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6230 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6231 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6232 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6233 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6234 */ 6235 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6236 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6237 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6238 }; 6239 6240 /* 6241 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6242 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6243 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6244 */ 6245 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6246 6247 /** 6248 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6249 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6250 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6251 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6252 * added to this file when needed. 6253 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6254 */ 6255 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6256 __u32 vendor_id; 6257 __u32 subcmd; 6258 }; 6259 6260 /** 6261 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6262 * 6263 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6264 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6265 * 6266 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6267 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6268 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6269 */ 6270 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6271 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6272 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6273 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6274 }; 6275 6276 /** 6277 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6278 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6279 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6280 * seconds (u32). 6281 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6282 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6283 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6284 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6285 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6286 * currently defined 6287 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6288 */ 6289 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6290 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6291 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6292 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6293 6294 /* keep last */ 6295 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6296 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6297 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6298 }; 6299 6300 /** 6301 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6302 * 6303 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6304 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6305 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6306 */ 6307 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6308 __u8 band; 6309 __s8 delta; 6310 } __attribute__((packed)); 6311 6312 /** 6313 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6314 * 6315 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6316 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6317 * is requested. 6318 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6319 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6320 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6321 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6322 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6323 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6324 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6325 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6326 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6327 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6328 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6329 * 6330 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6331 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6332 * which the driver shall use. 6333 */ 6334 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6335 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6336 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6337 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6338 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6339 6340 /* keep last */ 6341 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6342 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6343 }; 6344 6345 /** 6346 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6347 * 6348 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6349 * 6350 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6351 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6352 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6353 */ 6354 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6355 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6356 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6357 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6358 6359 /* keep last */ 6360 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6361 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6362 }; 6363 6364 /** 6365 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6366 * 6367 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6368 * 6369 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6370 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6371 */ 6372 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6373 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6374 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6375 }; 6376 6377 /** 6378 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6379 * 6380 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6381 * 6382 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6383 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6384 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6385 */ 6386 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6387 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6388 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6389 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6390 }; 6391 6392 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6393 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6394 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6395 6396 /** 6397 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6398 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6399 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6400 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6401 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6402 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6403 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6404 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6405 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6406 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6407 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6408 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6409 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6410 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6411 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6412 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6413 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6414 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6415 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6416 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6417 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6418 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6419 * This is a flag. 6420 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6421 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6422 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6423 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6424 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6425 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6426 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6427 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6428 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6429 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6430 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6431 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6432 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6433 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6434 * 6435 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6436 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6437 */ 6438 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6439 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6440 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6441 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6442 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6443 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6444 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6445 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6446 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6447 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6448 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6449 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6450 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6451 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6452 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6453 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6454 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6455 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6456 6457 /* keep last */ 6458 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6459 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6460 }; 6461 6462 /** 6463 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6464 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6465 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6466 * This is a flag. 6467 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6468 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6469 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6470 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6471 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6472 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6473 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6474 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6475 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6476 */ 6477 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6478 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6479 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6480 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6481 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6482 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6483 6484 /* keep last */ 6485 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6486 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6487 }; 6488 6489 /** 6490 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6491 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6492 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6493 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6494 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6495 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6496 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6497 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6498 * 6499 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6500 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6501 */ 6502 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6503 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6504 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6505 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6506 6507 /* keep last */ 6508 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6509 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6510 }; 6511 6512 /** 6513 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6514 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6515 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6516 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6517 */ 6518 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6519 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6520 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6521 }; 6522 6523 /** 6524 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6525 * responder attributes 6526 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6527 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6528 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6529 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6530 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6531 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6532 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6533 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6534 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6535 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6536 */ 6537 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6538 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6539 6540 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6541 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6542 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6543 6544 /* keep last */ 6545 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6546 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6547 }; 6548 6549 /* 6550 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6551 * 6552 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6553 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6554 * 6555 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6556 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6557 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6558 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6559 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6560 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6561 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6562 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6563 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6564 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6565 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6566 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6567 * phase with the responder (u32) 6568 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6569 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6570 * FTM slot (u32) 6571 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6572 * scheduled window (u32) 6573 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6574 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6575 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6576 */ 6577 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6578 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6579 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6580 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6581 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6582 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6583 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6584 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6585 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6586 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6587 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6588 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6589 6590 /* keep last */ 6591 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6592 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6593 }; 6594 6595 /** 6596 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6597 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6598 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6599 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6600 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6601 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6602 */ 6603 enum nl80211_preamble { 6604 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6605 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6606 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6607 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6608 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6609 }; 6610 6611 /** 6612 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6613 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6614 * these numbers also for attributes 6615 * 6616 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6617 * 6618 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6619 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6620 */ 6621 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6622 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6623 6624 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6625 6626 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6627 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6628 }; 6629 6630 /** 6631 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6632 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6633 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6634 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6635 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6636 * reason may be available in the response data 6637 */ 6638 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6639 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6640 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6641 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6642 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6643 }; 6644 6645 /** 6646 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6647 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6648 * 6649 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6650 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6651 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6652 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6653 * (flag attribute) 6654 * 6655 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6656 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6657 */ 6658 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6659 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6660 6661 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6662 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6663 6664 /* keep last */ 6665 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6666 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6667 }; 6668 6669 /** 6670 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6671 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6672 * 6673 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6674 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6675 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6676 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6677 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6678 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6679 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6680 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6681 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6682 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6683 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6684 * (u64, usec) 6685 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6686 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6687 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6688 * result. 6689 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6690 * 6691 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6692 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6693 */ 6694 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6695 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6696 6697 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6698 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6699 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6700 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6701 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6702 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6703 6704 /* keep last */ 6705 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6706 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6707 }; 6708 6709 /** 6710 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6711 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6712 * 6713 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6714 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6715 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6716 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6717 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6718 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6719 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6720 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6721 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6722 * 6723 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6724 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6725 */ 6726 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6727 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6728 6729 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6730 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6731 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6732 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6733 6734 /* keep last */ 6735 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6736 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6737 }; 6738 6739 /** 6740 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6741 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6742 * 6743 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6744 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6745 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6746 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6747 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6748 * measurement results 6749 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6750 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6751 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6752 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6753 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6754 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6755 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6756 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6757 * sub-attributes taken from 6758 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6759 * 6760 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6761 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6762 */ 6763 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6764 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6765 6766 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6767 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6768 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6769 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6770 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6771 6772 /* keep last */ 6773 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6774 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6775 }; 6776 6777 /** 6778 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6779 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6780 * 6781 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6782 * is supported 6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6784 * mode is supported 6785 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6786 * data can be requested during the measurement 6787 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6788 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6789 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6790 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6791 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6792 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6793 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6794 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6795 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6796 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6797 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6798 * is valid) 6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6800 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6801 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6802 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6803 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6804 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6805 * 6806 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6807 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6808 */ 6809 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6810 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6811 6812 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6813 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6814 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6815 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6816 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6817 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6818 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6819 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6820 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6821 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6822 6823 /* keep last */ 6824 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6825 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6826 }; 6827 6828 /** 6829 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6830 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6831 * 6832 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6834 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6836 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6837 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6839 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6840 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6841 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6842 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6843 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6844 * requested per burst 6845 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6846 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6847 * (u8, default 3) 6848 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6849 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6850 * (flag) 6851 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6852 * measurement (flag). 6853 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6854 * mutually exclusive. 6855 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6856 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6857 * ranging will be used. 6858 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6859 * ranging measurement (flag) 6860 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6861 * mutually exclusive. 6862 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6863 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6864 * ranging will be used. 6865 * 6866 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6867 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6868 */ 6869 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6870 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6871 6872 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6873 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6874 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6875 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6876 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6877 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6878 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6879 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6880 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6881 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6882 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6883 6884 /* keep last */ 6885 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6886 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6887 }; 6888 6889 /** 6890 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6891 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6892 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6894 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6895 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6896 * try and get no response) 6897 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6898 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6899 * received 6900 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6901 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6902 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6903 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6904 */ 6905 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6906 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6907 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6908 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6909 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6910 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6911 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6912 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6913 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6914 }; 6915 6916 /** 6917 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6918 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6919 * 6920 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6921 * (u32, optional) 6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6923 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6924 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6925 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6926 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6927 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6928 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6929 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6930 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6932 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6934 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6936 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6938 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6940 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6942 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6943 * attributes) 6944 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6945 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6946 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6947 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6948 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6949 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6950 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6951 * optional) 6952 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6953 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6954 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6955 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6956 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6957 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6958 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6959 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6960 * Type 8. 6961 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6962 * (binary, optional); 6963 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6964 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6965 * Type 11. 6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6967 * 6968 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6969 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6970 */ 6971 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6972 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6973 6974 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6975 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6976 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6977 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6978 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6979 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6980 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6981 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6982 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6983 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6984 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6985 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6986 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6987 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6988 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6989 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6990 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6991 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6992 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6993 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6994 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6995 6996 /* keep last */ 6997 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6998 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6999 }; 7000 7001 /** 7002 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7003 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7004 * 7005 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7006 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7007 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7008 * tx power offset. 7009 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7010 * values used by members of the SRG. 7011 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7012 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7013 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7014 * 7015 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7016 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7017 */ 7018 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7019 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7020 7021 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7022 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7023 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7024 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7025 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7026 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7027 7028 /* keep last */ 7029 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7030 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7031 }; 7032 7033 /** 7034 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7035 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7036 * 7037 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7038 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7039 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7040 * 7041 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7042 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7043 */ 7044 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7045 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7046 7047 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7048 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7049 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7050 7051 /* keep last */ 7052 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7053 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7054 }; 7055 7056 /** 7057 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7058 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7059 * 7060 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7061 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7062 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7063 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7064 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7065 * 7066 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7067 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7068 */ 7069 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7070 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7071 7072 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7073 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7074 7075 /* keep last */ 7076 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7077 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7078 }; 7079 7080 /** 7081 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7082 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7083 * 7084 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7085 * 7086 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7087 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7088 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7089 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7090 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7091 * frame including the headers. 7092 * 7093 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7094 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7095 */ 7096 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7097 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7098 7099 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7100 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7101 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7102 7103 /* keep last */ 7104 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7105 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7106 }; 7107 7108 /* 7109 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7110 * mandatory fields. 7111 */ 7112 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7113 7114 /** 7115 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7116 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7117 * 7118 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7119 * 7120 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7121 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7122 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7123 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7124 * frame template (binary). 7125 * 7126 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7127 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7128 */ 7129 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7130 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7131 7132 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7133 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7134 7135 /* keep last */ 7136 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7137 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7138 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7139 }; 7140 7141 /** 7142 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7143 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7144 * used. 7145 * 7146 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7147 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7148 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7149 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7150 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7151 * can be used. 7152 */ 7153 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7154 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7155 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7156 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7157 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7158 }; 7159 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7160